]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #6910 from ssahani/issue-6359
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 236 in spe:
4
5 * The modprobe.d drop-in, introduced in v235 for the bonding module,
6 has been extended to also set the dummy module option numdummies=0,
7 resolving issues with the kernel creating dummy0.
8
9 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
10 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is now
11 recommended to maintain /etc/resolv.conf as a symlink to this new
12 dynamic file. It points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53
13 resolver and it includes dynamically acquired search domains. This
14 achieves a more correct DNS resolution by software that bypasses
15 local DNS APIs (e.g. NSS).
16
17 * uaccess tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and /dev/dri/renderD*.
18 These devices now have 0666 permsions by default. /dev/dri/renderD*
19 will now be owned by the render group along with /dev/kfd.
20
21 CHANGES WITH 235:
22
23 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
24 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
25 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
26 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
27 these services do not and should provide any network-facing
28 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
29 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
30 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
31 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
32 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
33 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
34 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
35 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
36 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
37 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
38 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
39 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
40 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
41 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
42 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
43 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
44 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
45 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
46 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
47 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
48 IPAddressDeny= see below.
49
50 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
51 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
52 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
53 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
54 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
55 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
56 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
57 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
58
59 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
60 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
61 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
62 used to change those values.
63
64 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
65 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
66 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
67 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
68 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
69 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
70
71 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
72 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
73 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
74 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
75
76 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
77 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
78 one top-level directory.
79
80 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
81 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
82 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
83 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
84 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
85 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
86 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
87 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
88 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
89 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
90 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
91 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
92 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
93 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
94 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
95
96 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
97 Meson-only.
98
99 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
100 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
101 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
102 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
103 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
104 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
105 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
106 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
107 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
108 acceptable to us.
109
110 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
111 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
112 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
113 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
114 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
115 requested at build time.
116
117 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
118 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
119 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
120 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
121 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
122 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
123 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
124 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
125 Type= setting which permits configuring
126 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
127
128 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
129 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
130 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
131 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
132 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
133 local frames between bridge ports.
134
135 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
136 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
137 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
138
139 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
140 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
141
142 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
143 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
144 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
145 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
146
147 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
148 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
149 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
150 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
151 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
152 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
153 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
154 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
155
156 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
157 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
158 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
159 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
160 command.)
161
162 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
163 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
164 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
165
166 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
167 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
168 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
169 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
170
171 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
172 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
173 configured, except for the credentials applied by
174 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
175 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
176 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
177 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
178 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
179 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
180 on systems where this is not supported.
181
182 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
183 sockets.
184
185 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
186 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
187 during runtime.
188
189 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
190 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
191 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
192
193 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
194 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
195 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
196
197 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
198 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
199 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
200 Following this logic, two new special targets
201 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
202 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
203 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
204
205 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
206 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
207 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
208 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
209
210 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
211 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
212 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
213 --wait".
214
215 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
216 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
217 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
218 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
219 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
220 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
221 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
222 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
223 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
224
225 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
226 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
227 containing information about the consumed resources of this
228 invocation.
229
230 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
231 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
232 processes.
233
234 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
235 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
236 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
237 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
238 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
239 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
240 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
241 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
242 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
243 systems for all five operations.
244
245 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
246 the system.
247
248 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
249 than UTC or the local timezone.
250
251 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
252 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
253 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
254 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
255 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
256 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
257 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
258 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
259
260 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
261 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
262 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
263 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
264 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
265 again.
266
267 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
268 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
269 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
270
271 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
272 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
273 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
274 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
275 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
276 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
277 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
278 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
279 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
280 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
281 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
282 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
283 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
284 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
285 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
286 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
287 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
288 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
289 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
290 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
291
292 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
293
294 CHANGES WITH 234:
295
296 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
297 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
298 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
299 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
300 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
301 summary:
302
303 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
304
305 becomes:
306
307 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
308
309 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
310 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
311 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
312 .device units.
313
314 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
315 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
316 running a systemd user instance.
317
318 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
319 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
320 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
321 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
322 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
323 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
324
325 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
326
327 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
328 (domain search list).
329
330 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
331 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
332 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
333 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
334 implementation of RA.
335
336 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
337 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
338 ISO date values.
339
340 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
341 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
342 devices.
343
344 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
345 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
346 option.
347
348 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
349 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
350 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
351 default yet.
352
353 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
354 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
355 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
356 SHA256SUMS files.
357
358 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
359 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
360
361 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
362
363 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
364
365 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
366 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
367
368 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
369 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
370 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
371 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
372
373 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
374 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
375 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
376 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
377 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
378 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
379 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
380 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
381 systemd-logind to be safe. See
382 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
383
384 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
385 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
386 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
387 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
388 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
389 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
390
391 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
392 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
393 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
394 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
395 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
396 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
397 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
398 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
399 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
400 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
401 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
402 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
403 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
404 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
405 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
406 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
407 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
408 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
409 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
410 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
411 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
412 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
413 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
414 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
415 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
416 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
417 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
418 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
419 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
420 Георгиевски
421
422 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
423
424 CHANGES WITH 233:
425
426 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
427 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
428 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
429 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
430 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
431 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
432 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
433 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
434 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
435
436 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
437 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
438 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
439 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
440 default selected on the configure command line
441 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
442 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
443 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
444 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
445 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
446 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
447 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
448 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
449 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
450 greatest stability and compatibility only.
451
452 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
453 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
454 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
455 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
456 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
457 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
458 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
459 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
460 further details about this.)
461
462 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
463 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
464 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
465
466 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
467 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
468
469 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
470 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
471 with 'make install-tests'.
472
473 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
474 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
475 kernel.
476
477 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
478 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
479 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
480 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
481 by the Slice= option.
482
483 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
484 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
485 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
486 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
487
488 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
489 following choices:
490
491 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
492 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
493 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
494 (h)elp
495 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
496 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
497 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
498 (y)es, execute the command
499
500 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
501 because its meaning was confusing.
502
503 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
504 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
505
506 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
507 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
508 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
509
510 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
511 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
512 state directly, without executing these commands.
513
514 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
515 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
516 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
517
518 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
519 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
520 combination with After=) have been started.
521
522 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
523 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
524 setting, and which system calls they contain.
525
526 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
527 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
528 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
529 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
530 configuration related calls.
531
532 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
533 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
534 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
535 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
536 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
537 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
538 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
539
540 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
541 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
542
543 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
544 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
545 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
546
547 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
548 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
549
550 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
551 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
552 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
553 for compatibility.
554
555 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
556 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
557
558 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
559 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
560
561 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
562 support for negative matching.
563
564 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
565
566 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
567 permitted runtime of the mount command.
568
569 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
570 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
571 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
572 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
573 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
574 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
575 removed from the drive.
576
577 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
578 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
579
580 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
581 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
582
583 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
584 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
585 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
586
587 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
588 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
589 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
590 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
591 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
592 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
593 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
594
595 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
596 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
597 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
598 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
599 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
600 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
601
602 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
603 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
604
605 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
606 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
607 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
608 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
609 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
610 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
611 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
612 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
613
614 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
615 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
616 including all control processes.
617
618 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
619 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
620 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
621
622 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
623 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
624 prefixing the source path with "+".
625
626 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
627 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
628 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
629 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
630 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
631 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
632 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
633 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
634
635 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
636 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
637 before).
638
639 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
640 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
641 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
642 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
643 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
644 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
645 the new --root-hash= command line option).
646
647 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
648 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
649 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
650 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
651 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
652 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
653 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
654 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
655 versions.
656
657 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
658 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
659 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
660 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
661 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
662 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
663 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
664 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
665 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
666 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
667 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
668 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
669 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
670 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
671 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
672 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
673 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
674 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
675 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
676 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
677 a Verity-enabled root partition.
678
679 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
680 accelerometer quirks.
681
682 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
683 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
684 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
685 ID of each service.
686
687 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
688 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
689 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
690 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
691 view.
692
693 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
694 environment variables:
695
696 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
697
698 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
699 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
700 address.
701
702 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
703 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
704 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
705
706 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
707 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
708 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
709 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
710 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
711 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
712 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
713 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
714 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
715 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
716 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
717 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
718 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
719
720 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
721 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
722 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
723
724 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
725 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
726
727 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
728 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
729 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
730 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
731 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
732
733 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
734 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
735 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
736
737 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
738 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
739
740 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
741 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
742 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
743 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
744
745 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
746 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
747 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
748 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
749 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
750 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
751 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
752 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
753 possibly even including full integrity data.
754
755 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
756 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
757 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
758 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
759 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
760
761 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
762 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
763 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
764 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
765 directly with systemd-nspawn.
766
767 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
768 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
769 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
770 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
771
772 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
773 of coredumps in reverse order.
774
775 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
776 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
777 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
778 additional informational message in its output.
779
780 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
781 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
782 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
783
784 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
785 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
786 scripting languages such as Python.
787
788 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
789 namespacing is enabled for them.
790
791 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
792 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
793 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
794 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
795 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
796 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
797
798 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
799 root key (KSK).
800
801 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
802 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
803 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
804
805 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
806 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
807 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
808 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
809 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
810 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
811 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
812 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
813 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
814 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
815 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
816 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
817 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
818 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
819 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
820 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
821 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
822 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
823 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
824 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
825 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
826 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
827 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
828 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
829 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
830 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
831 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
832 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
833 Тихонов
834
835 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
836
837 CHANGES WITH 232:
838
839 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
840 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
841 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
842 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
843 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
844 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
845
846 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
847 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
848
849 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
850 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
851 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
852
853 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
854 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
855 to be remounted read-only for a service.
856
857 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
858 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
859 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
860 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
861
862 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
863 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
864
865 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
866 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
867 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
868
869 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
870 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
871 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
872 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
873 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
874 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
875 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
876 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
877 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
878 permanent modifications to the system.
879
880 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
881 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
882 container or chroot environments.
883
884 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
885 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
886 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
887 mapped to nobody.
888
889 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
890 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
891 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
892 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
893
894 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
895 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
896
897 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
898 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
899 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
900 and the support is provisional.
901
902 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
903 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
904 unit files in the file system).
905
906 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
907 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
908 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
909 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
910 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
911 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
912 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
913 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
914 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
915 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
916 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
917 state is fixed automatically.
918
919 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
920 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
921 option.
922
923 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
924 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
925 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
926 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
927 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
928 else.
929
930 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
931 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
932 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
933 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
934 bootable on physical systems.
935
936 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
937
938 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
939 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
940 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
941 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
942 used.
943
944 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
945 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
946 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
947 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
948
949 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
950
951 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
952 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
953 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
954 of the container).
955
956 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
957 files from the specified location.
958
959 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
960 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
961 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
962 be active.
963
964 * The hardware database has been extended to support
965 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
966 trackball devices.
967
968 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
969 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
970 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
971
972 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
973 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
974 specified service binary exited.)
975
976 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
977 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
978
979 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
980 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
981 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
982 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
983 --since= and --until= options.
984
985 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
986 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
987 are automatically propagated to the container.
988
989 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
990 from a single IP address can be limited with
991 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
992 MaxConnections=.
993
994 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
995 configuration.
996
997 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
998 drop-ins.
999
1000 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
1001 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
1002 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
1003 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
1004 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
1005 [Link] section of .link files.
1006
1007 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
1008 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
1009 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
1010 section of .netdev files.
1011
1012 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
1013 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
1014 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
1015
1016 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
1017 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
1018 .network files.
1019
1020 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
1021 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
1022 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
1023 service runtime cycle.
1024
1025 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1026 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
1027 has been traditionally doing.
1028
1029 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
1030 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
1031 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
1032 prevent any later plugins from running.
1033
1034 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
1035 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
1036 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
1037 default of SplitMode=uid.
1038
1039 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
1040 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
1041 useful.
1042
1043 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
1044 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1045 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1046 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1047 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1048 individual namespaces.
1049
1050 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1051 the output, as well as OS release information.
1052
1053 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1054
1055 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1056 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1057 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1058 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1059 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1060
1061 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1062 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1063 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1064 severed.
1065
1066 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1067 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1068 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1069 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1070 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1071 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1072 information about exit statuses and results.
1073
1074 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1075 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1076 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1077 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1078 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1079 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1080
1081 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1082
1083 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1084 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1085 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1086 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1087 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1088 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1089 entirely.
1090
1091 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1092 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1093 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1094
1095 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1096 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1097 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1098 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1099 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1100 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1101 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1102 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1103 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1104 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1105 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1106 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1107 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1108 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1109 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1110 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1111 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1112
1113 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1114 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1115 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1116 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1117
1118 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1119 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1120 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1121 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1122
1123 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1124 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1125 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1126 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1127 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1128 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1129 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1130 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1131 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1132 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1133 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1134 fragment entirely.)
1135
1136 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1137 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1138 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1139
1140 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1141 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1142 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1143 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1144
1145 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1146 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1147 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1148 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1149 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1150 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1151
1152 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1153 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1154
1155 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1156 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1157
1158 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1159 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1160 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1161 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1162 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1163
1164 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1165 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1166 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1167 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1168 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1169 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1170 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1171 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1172 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1173 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1174 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1175 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1176 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1177 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1178 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1179 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1180 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1181 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1182 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1183 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1184 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1185 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1186 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1187 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1188 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1189 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1190
1191 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
1192
1193 CHANGES WITH 231:
1194
1195 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1196 with an additional special character as first argument of the
1197 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
1198 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1199 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1200 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1201 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1202 independently.
1203
1204 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1205 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1206
1207 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1208 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1209 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1210 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
1211 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
1212 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1213 values.
1214
1215 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1216 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1217 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1218 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1219 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1220
1221 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1222 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1223 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1224 7:10am every day.
1225
1226 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1227 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1228 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1229 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1230 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1231 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1232 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1233 available for compatibility.
1234
1235 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1236 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1237 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1238 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1239 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1240 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1241
1242 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1243 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1244 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1245 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1246 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1247 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1248 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1249 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1250 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1251
1252 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1253 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1254 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1255 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
1256 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1257 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1258 desired options.
1259
1260 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1261 cgroupsv2.
1262
1263 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1264 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1265 limited to subgroups of that group.
1266
1267 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1268 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1269 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
1270 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
1271 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1272 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1273 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1274 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1275
1276 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1277 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1278 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1279 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1280 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1281 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1282 own long-running services.
1283
1284 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1285 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1286 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1287 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1288
1289 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1290 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1291 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1292 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1293 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1294 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1295 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1296 primitives.
1297
1298 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1299 "terminate".
1300
1301 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1302 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1303
1304 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1305 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1306 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1307 --flush-caches".
1308
1309 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1310 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1311 is shown.
1312
1313 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1314 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1315 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1316 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1317 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1318 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1319
1320 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1321 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1322 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1323 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1324 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1325 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1326 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1327 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1328 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1329 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1330 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1331 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1332 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1333 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1334 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1335 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1336 bus API instead.
1337
1338 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1339 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1340 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1341 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1342
1343 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1344 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1345 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1346 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1347
1348 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1349 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1350 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1351
1352 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1353 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1354
1355 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1356 interface configuration.
1357
1358 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1359 specifying the --force switch.
1360
1361 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1362 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1363 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1364
1365 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1366 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1367 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1368 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1369 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1370 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1371 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1372 to be handled.
1373
1374 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1375 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1376
1377 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1378 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1379
1380 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1381 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1382 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1383
1384 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1385 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1386
1387 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1388 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1389 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1390 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1391 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1392 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1393 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1394 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1395 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1396 library.
1397
1398 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1399 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1400 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1401 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1402 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1403 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1404 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1405 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1406 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1407 HACKING for details.
1408
1409 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1410 distribution's bugtracker.
1411
1412 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1413 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1414 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1415 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1416 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1417 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1418 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1419 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1420 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1421 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1422 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1423 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1424 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1425 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1426 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1427 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1428 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1429 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1430 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1431
1432 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1433
1434 CHANGES WITH 230:
1435
1436 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1437 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1438 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1439 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1440 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1441 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1442 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1443 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1444 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1445 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1446 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1447 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1448 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1449 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1450 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1451 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1452 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1453 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1454 applications.)
1455
1456 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1457 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1458 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1459
1460 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1461 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1462 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1463 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1464 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1465 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1466 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1467
1468 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1469 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1470 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1471 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1472 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1473 command works for tmux.
1474
1475 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1476 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1477 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1478 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1479 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1480 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1481
1482 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1483 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1484
1485 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1486 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1487 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1488
1489 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1490
1491 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1492 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1493 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1494 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1495 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1496
1497 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1498 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1499 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1500 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1501
1502 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1503 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1504 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1505 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1506 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1507 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1508
1509 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1510 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1511 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1512
1513 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1514 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1515 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1516 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1517 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1518 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1519
1520 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1521 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1522 address.
1523
1524 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1525 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1526 should be emitted.
1527
1528 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1529 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1530 supported.
1531
1532 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1533 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1534 logging performance.
1535
1536 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1537 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1538 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1539 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1540 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1541 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1542
1543 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1544 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1545 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1546 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1547
1548 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1549 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1550
1551 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1552 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1553 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1554
1555 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1556
1557 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1558 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1559 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1560 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1561
1562 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1563 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1564 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1565 refuse to operate on such files.
1566
1567 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1568 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1569 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1570
1571 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1572 just hidden container images.
1573
1574 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1575 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1576
1577 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1578 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1579 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1580 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1581 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1582 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1583 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1584 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1585 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1586 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1587 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1588
1589 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1590 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1591 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1592 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1593 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1594 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1595 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1596 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1597 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1598 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1599 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1600 terminates.
1601
1602 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1603 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1604 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1605 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1606
1607 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1608 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1609 rate of the socket unit.
1610
1611 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1612 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1613 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1614 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1615 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1616
1617 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1618 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1619 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1620 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1621 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1622 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1623 with this.
1624
1625 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1626 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1627
1628 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1629 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1630
1631 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1632 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1633 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1634 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1635 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1636
1637 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1638 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1639 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1640
1641 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1642 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1643 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1644 target is now included in early userspace.
1645
1646 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1647 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1648 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1649 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1650 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1651 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1652 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1653 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1654 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1655 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1656 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1657 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1658 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1659 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1660 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1661 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1662 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1663 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1664 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1665 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1666 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1667 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1668 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1669 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1670 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1671 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1672
1673 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1674
1675 CHANGES WITH 229:
1676
1677 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1678 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1679 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1680 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1681 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1682 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1683 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1684 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1685 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1686 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1687 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1688 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1689 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1690
1691 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1692 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1693 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1694 /usr/bin.
1695
1696 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1697 devices.
1698
1699 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1700 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1701 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1702 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1703 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1704 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1705 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1706 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1707 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1708 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1709 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1710 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1711 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1712 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1713 this limit.
1714
1715 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1716 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1717 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1718 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1719 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1720 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1721 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1722 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1723
1724 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1725 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1726 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1727 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1728 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1729 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1730 and group at package installation time.
1731
1732 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1733 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1734 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1735 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1736 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1737
1738 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1739 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1740 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1741 supports it.
1742
1743 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1744 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1745
1746 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1747 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1748 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1749 file is already initialized.
1750
1751 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1752 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1753 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1754 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1755 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1756 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1757 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1758 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1759 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1760
1761 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1762 working directory for the process started in the container.
1763
1764 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1765 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1766 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1767 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1768 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1769
1770 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1771 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1772 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1773
1774 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1775 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1776 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1777 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1778
1779 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1780 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1781 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1782 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1783 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1784
1785 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1786 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1787 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1788 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1789
1790 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1791 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1792 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1793 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1794 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1795 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1796 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1797 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1798 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1799 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1800 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1801 by PID 1.
1802
1803 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1804 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1805 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1806 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1807 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1808 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1809 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1810 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1811
1812 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1813
1814 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1815 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1816 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1817
1818 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1819 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1820 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1821 recent kernels.
1822
1823 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1824 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1825
1826 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1827 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1828 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1829 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1830 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1831 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1832 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1833 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1834 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1835 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1836 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1837 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1838 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1839
1840 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1841 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1842 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1843 clusters or larger setups.
1844
1845 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1846
1847 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1848 sockets.
1849
1850 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1851
1852 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1853 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1854 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1855 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1856 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1857 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1858
1859 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1860 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1861 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1862
1863 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1864 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
1865 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1866 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
1867
1868 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
1869
1870 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1871 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1872 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1873 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1874 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1875 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1876 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1877 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1878 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1879 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1880 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1881 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1882 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1883 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1884 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1885 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1886 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1887 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1888 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1889
1890 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
1891
1892 CHANGES WITH 228:
1893
1894 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1895 files are now also available as properties to set when
1896 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1897 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1898 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1899 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1900 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1901 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1902 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1903
1904 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1905 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1906 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
1907
1908 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1909 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1910 created transiently.
1911
1912 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1913 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1914 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1915 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1916 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
1917 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
1918 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1919 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1920
1921 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1922 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1923 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1924
1925 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1926 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1927 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1928 enabled.
1929
1930 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1931 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1932 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1933 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1934 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1935 subvolumes.
1936
1937 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1938 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1939
1940 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
1941 individual indexes.
1942
1943 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1944 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1945 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1946 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1947 suffixes now.
1948
1949 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1950 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1951 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1952 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1953 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1954 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1955 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1956 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1957 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1958 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1959 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1960 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1961 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1962 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1963 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1964 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1965 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1966 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1967 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1968 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1969 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1970
1971 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1972 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1973 links between the host and the container.
1974
1975 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1976 added that allows importing select environment variables
1977 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1978 the service.
1979
1980 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
1981 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
1982 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1983 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1984 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1985 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1986 than until they first elapse.
1987
1988 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
1989 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1990 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
1991 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1992 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1993 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1994 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1995 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1996
1997 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1998 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1999 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
2000 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
2001 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
2002 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
2003 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
2004 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
2005 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
2006 journal and in coredump handling.
2007
2008 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
2009 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
2010 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
2011 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
2012 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
2013 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
2014 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
2015 software you package still references it, as this is a
2016 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
2017 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
2018
2019 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
2020
2021 Note that only util-linux versions built with
2022 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
2023
2024 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
2025 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
2026 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
2027
2028 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
2029 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
2030 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
2031 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
2032 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
2033 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
2034 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
2035 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
2036 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
2037 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
2038 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
2039 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
2040 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
2041 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
2042 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
2043 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
2044
2045 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
2046 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
2047 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
2048 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2049 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2050 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2051 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2052 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2053 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2054 surprises.
2055
2056 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2057 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2058 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2059 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2060 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2061 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2062 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2063 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2064 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2065 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2066 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
2067 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
2068 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2069 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2070 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2071 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2072 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2073 of PID 1 is the root user).
2074
2075 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2076 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2077 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2078 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2079 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2080 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2081 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2082 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2083 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2084 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2085 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2086 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2087 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2088 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2089 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2090
2091 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
2092
2093 CHANGES WITH 227:
2094
2095 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2096 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2097 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2098
2099 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2100 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2101 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2102 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2103 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2104 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2105
2106 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2107 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
2108 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2109 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
2110 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
2111
2112 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
2113 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2114 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2115 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2116 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2117 packets on unestablished sockets.
2118
2119 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
2120 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
2121 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2122 automatically.
2123
2124 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2125 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2126 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2127
2128 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2129 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2130 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2131 for disk IO.
2132
2133 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2134 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2135 removed.
2136
2137 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2138 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2139 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2140 configured in User=.
2141
2142 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2143 directory of the selected user by default.
2144
2145 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
2146 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2147 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2148 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2149 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2150 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2151 compat reasons.
2152
2153 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
2154 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
2155 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2156 units.
2157
2158 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2159 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2160 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2161 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2162 level.
2163
2164 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2165 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2166 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2167 namespaces work correctly.
2168
2169 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2170 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2171 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
2172 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
2173 activation.
2174
2175 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2176 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2177 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2178 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2179 system instance in a container.
2180
2181 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2182 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2183 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2184 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2185 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2186 connections.
2187
2188 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2189 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2190
2191 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2192 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2193 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2194 processes attached, or similar.
2195
2196 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2197 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2198 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2199
2200 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2201 specifiers like %i or %f.
2202
2203 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
2204 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2205 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2206 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2207
2208 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2209 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
2210 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
2211 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2212 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2213 descriptors using sd_notify().
2214
2215 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2216
2217 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
2218 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
2219
2220 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2221 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2222
2223 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
2224 .network files.
2225
2226 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2227 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2228 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2229 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2230 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2231 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2232 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2233 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2234 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2235 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2236 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2237 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2238 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2239 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2240 gdm-autologin is used.
2241
2242 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2243 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2244 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2245 next to the image file.
2246
2247 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2248 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2249 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2250 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2251
2252 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2253 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2254 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2255 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2256 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2257 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2258
2259 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2260 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2261 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2262 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
2263 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
2264 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2265 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2266 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2267 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2268 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2269 number of files in place.
2270
2271 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2272 on kernels where that is supported.
2273
2274 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
2275
2276 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2277 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2278 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2279 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2280 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2281 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2282 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2283 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2284 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2285 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2286 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2287 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2288 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2289 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2290 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2291 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2292 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2293 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2294
2295 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
2296
2297 CHANGES WITH 226:
2298
2299 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2300 new features:
2301
2302 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2303 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2304 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2305 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2306 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2307 is any) is propagated.
2308
2309 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2310 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2311 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2312 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2313 information is enabled between host and containers by
2314 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2315 to what the host has set.
2316
2317 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2318 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2319
2320 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2321 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2322 information back, even if the server loses state.
2323
2324 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2325 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2326 PoolSize=.
2327
2328 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2329 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2330 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2331 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2332
2333 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2334 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2335 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2336 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2337 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2338
2339 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2340 for virtio devices.
2341
2342 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2343 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2344 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2345 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2346 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2347 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2348 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2349 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2350 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2351 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2352 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2353 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2354 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2355 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2356 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2357 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2358 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2359 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2360 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2361 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2362 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2363 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2364 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2365 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2366 grants them.
2367
2368 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2369 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2370 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2371 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2372 group tree.
2373
2374 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2375 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2376 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2377 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2378 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2379 work correctly in containers now.
2380
2381 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2382 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2383
2384 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2385 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2386 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2387 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2388 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2389
2390 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2391 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2392 signal events.
2393
2394 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2395 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2396 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2397 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2398 on these parameters.
2399
2400 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2401 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2402 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2403 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2404 nspawn command line.
2405
2406 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2407 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2408 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2409 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2410 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2411 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2412 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2413 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2414
2415 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2416
2417 CHANGES WITH 225:
2418
2419 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2420 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2421 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2422 shell directly without prompting for username or
2423 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2424 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2425 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2426 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2427 the originating session.
2428
2429 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2430 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2431
2432 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2433 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2434 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2435 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2436 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2437 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2438 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2439 this release.
2440
2441 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2442 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2443 messages.
2444
2445 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2446 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2447 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2448
2449 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2450 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2451
2452 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2453 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2454 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2455 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2456 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2457 posteriori.
2458
2459 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2460 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2461
2462 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2463 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2464 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2465 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2466 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2467 "lastlog" tools.
2468
2469 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2470 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2471 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2472 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2473 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2474
2475 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2476 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2477 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2478 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2479 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2480 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2481 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2482 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2483 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2484 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2485 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2486 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2487
2488 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2489
2490 CHANGES WITH 224:
2491
2492 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2493 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2494
2495 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2496 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2497 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2498
2499 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2500 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2501 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2502
2503 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2504
2505 CHANGES WITH 223:
2506
2507 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2508 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2509 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2510 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2511
2512 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2513 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2514
2515 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2516 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2517
2518 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2519
2520 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2521 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2522 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2523
2524 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2525 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2526 decapsulated packet.
2527
2528 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2529 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2530 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2531 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2532 netlink attribute.
2533
2534 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2535 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2536 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2537 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2538
2539 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2540 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2541 according to RFC2460.
2542
2543 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2544 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2545
2546 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2547 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2548 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2549
2550 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2551 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2552 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2553 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2554 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2555 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2556
2557 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2558 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2559 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2560 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2561 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2562 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2563 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2564 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2565 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2566 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2567
2568 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2569
2570 CHANGES WITH 222:
2571
2572 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2573 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2574 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2575
2576 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2577 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2578
2579 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2580 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2581 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2582 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2583 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2584
2585 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2586 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2587 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2588
2589 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2590 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2591 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2592 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2593 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2594
2595 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2596
2597 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2598 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2599 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2600 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2601 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2602 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2603 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2604 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2605 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2606 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2607
2608 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2609
2610 CHANGES WITH 221:
2611
2612 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2613 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2614 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2615 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2616 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2617 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2618 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2619 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2620 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2621 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2622 portable to other kernels.
2623
2624 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2625 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2626 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2627 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2628 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2629 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2630 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2631 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2632 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2633 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2634 systemd enabled.
2635
2636 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2637 2.26.
2638
2639 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2640 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2641 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2642 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2643 in README for details.
2644
2645 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2646 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2647 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2648 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2649 unit.
2650
2651 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2652 into man pages.
2653
2654 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2655 external project.
2656
2657 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2658 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2659
2660 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2661 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2662 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2663 state.
2664
2665 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2666 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2667 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2668
2669 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2670 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2671 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2672 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2673 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2674 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2675 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2676 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2677 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2678 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2679 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2680 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2681 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2682 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2683 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2684 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2685
2686 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2687
2688 CHANGES WITH 220:
2689
2690 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2691 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2692 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2693 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2694 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2695 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2696 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2697 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2698
2699 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2700 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2701 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2702 service consumed). This value is only available if
2703 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2704 in the "systemctl status" output.
2705
2706 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2707 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2708 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2709 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2710 previously was already the default behaviour).
2711
2712 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2713 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2714 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2715
2716 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2717 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2718 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2719 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2720
2721 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2722 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2723 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2724 journalling file systems that support external journal
2725 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2726 systems to be mounted.
2727
2728 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2729 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2730 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2731 stable release this should not be problematic.
2732
2733 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2734 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2735 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2736 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2737 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2738
2739 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2740 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2741 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2742 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2743 network switches.
2744
2745 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2746 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2747
2748 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2749 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2750 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2751
2752 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2753
2754 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2755 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2756 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2757 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2758 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2759 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2760 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2761 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2762 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2763 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2764 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2765 been fixed in v220.
2766
2767 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2768 systemd-networkd.
2769
2770 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2771 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2772 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2773 containers started from the command line.
2774
2775 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2776 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2777
2778 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2779 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2780 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2781 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2782
2783 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2784 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2785 when shutting down.
2786
2787 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2788 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2789 overlayfs support.
2790
2791 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2792 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2793 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2794 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2795 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2796 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2797 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2798
2799 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2800 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2801 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2802
2803 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2804 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2805 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2806 of v1 as before).
2807
2808 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2809 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2810
2811 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2812 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2813 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2814 their own sessions without further privileges or
2815 authorization.
2816
2817 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2818 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2819 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2820 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2821 accessible via a bus interface.
2822
2823 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2824 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2825 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2826 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2827 to cover this functionality.
2828
2829 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2830 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2831 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2832 disabled/masked also stopped.
2833
2834 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2835 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2836 updated to support systemd-boot.
2837
2838 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2839 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2840 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2841 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2842 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
2843 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
2844 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2845 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2846 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2847
2848 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2849 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2850 system.
2851
2852 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2853 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2854 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2855 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2856 device symlinks.
2857
2858 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2859 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2860 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2861 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2862
2863 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2864 stick devices has been added.
2865
2866 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2867 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2868
2869 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2870 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2871 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2872 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2873 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2874
2875 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2876 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2877 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2878
2879 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2880 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2881 Debian.
2882
2883 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2884 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2885 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2886
2887 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2888 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2889 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2890 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2891 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2892 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2893 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2894 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2895 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2896 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2897 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2898 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2899 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2900 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2901 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2902 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2903 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2904 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2905 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2906 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2907 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2908 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2909 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2910 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2911 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2912 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2913 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2914
2915 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
2916
2917 CHANGES WITH 219:
2918
2919 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2920 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2921 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2922 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2923 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2924 interface with and update the database.
2925
2926 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2927 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2928 before bytewise copying is done.
2929
2930 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2931 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2932 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2933 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2934 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2935 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2936 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2937 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2938 available on btrfs file systems.
2939
2940 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2941 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
2942 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
2943 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2944 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2945 systems.
2946
2947 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2948 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2949 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2950 mount point remains.
2951
2952 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2953 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2954 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2955 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2956 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2957 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2958 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2959 are disabled.
2960
2961 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2962 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2963 container to the host or vice versa.
2964
2965 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2966 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2967 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2968
2969 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2970 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2971
2972 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2973 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2974 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2975 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2976 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2977 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2978 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2979 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2980 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
2981 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
2982 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2983 make the functionality of importd available to the
2984 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2985 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2986 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2987 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2988 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2989 only fully supported on btrfs.
2990
2991 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2992 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2993 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2994 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2995 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2996 information about images.
2997
2998 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2999 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
3000 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
3001 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
3002 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
3003 legacy file systems).
3004
3005 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
3006 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
3007 shown in networkctl output.
3008
3009 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
3010 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
3011 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
3012 processes as system services while interactively
3013 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
3014 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
3015 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
3016 full login session, the difference being that the former
3017 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
3018 setup.
3019
3020 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
3021 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
3022 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
3023 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
3024 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
3025
3026 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
3027 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
3028 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
3029 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
3030 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
3031 via qemu/kvm.
3032
3033 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
3034 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
3035 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
3036 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
3037 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
3038 disk images, too.
3039
3040 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
3041 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
3042 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
3043 integrate with that.
3044
3045 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
3046 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
3047 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
3048 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3049
3050 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3051 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3052 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3053
3054 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3055 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3056 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3057 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3058 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3059 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3060 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3061 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3062 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3063 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3064
3065 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3066 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3067 files.
3068
3069 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
3070 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
3071 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
3072 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
3073 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3074 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3075 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3076 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3077 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3078 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3079 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3080 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3081 explicitly turned on.
3082
3083 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3084 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3085 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3086 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3087
3088 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3089 supported.
3090
3091 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3092 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3093 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3094 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3095 associated with a virtual machine or container
3096 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3097 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3098 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3099 output however.)
3100
3101 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3102 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3103 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3104 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3105 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3106 caller's session/user.
3107
3108 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3109 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3110 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3111 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3112 user services.
3113
3114 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3115 same way as unit files.
3116
3117 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3118 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3119 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3120 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3121 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3122 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3123 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3124 the host.
3125
3126 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3127 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3128 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3129 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3130 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3131 host.
3132
3133 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
3134 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3135 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3136 updated to make use of it too by default.
3137
3138 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3139 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3140 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3141 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3142
3143 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3144 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3145 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3146 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3147 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3148 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3149 modification.
3150
3151 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3152 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3153 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
3154 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
3155 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3156 information about Touchpad types.
3157
3158 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3159 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3160
3161 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3162 Policy link field.
3163
3164 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3165 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3166
3167 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3168 ACLs on files.
3169
3170 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3171 tmpfs, automatically.
3172
3173 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3174 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3175 status" output, if available.
3176
3177 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3178 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3179 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3180 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3181 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3182 run on next reboot.
3183
3184 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3185 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3186 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3187 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3188 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3189 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3190 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3191
3192 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3193 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3194 after a configurable timeout.
3195
3196 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3197 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3198 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3199 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3200 it non-idle.
3201
3202 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3203 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3204
3205 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3206 each .network interface in networkd.
3207
3208 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3209 in .network files.
3210
3211 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3212 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3213
3214 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
3215 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3216 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3217 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3218 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3219 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3220 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3221 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3222 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3223 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3224 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3225 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3226 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3227 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3228 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
3229 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3230 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3231 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3232 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3233 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3234 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3235 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
3236 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3237 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3238
3239 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
3240
3241 CHANGES WITH 218:
3242
3243 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3244 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3245 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
3246 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
3247
3248 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
3249 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
3250 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3251 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3252 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3253
3254 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3255
3256 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
3257 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
3258 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3259 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3260 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3261 modified configuration after editing.
3262
3263 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3264 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3265 system preset files.
3266
3267 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3268 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3269 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3270 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3271 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3272 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3273 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3274 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3275 other contexts.
3276
3277 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3278 inhibitors.
3279
3280 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
3281 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
3282 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3283 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3284 managers.
3285
3286 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3287 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3288 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3289 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3290 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
3291 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
3292 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3293 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3294 parallel to journald.
3295
3296 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3297 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3298 available.
3299
3300 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3301 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3302 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3303 or are not older than the specified time.
3304
3305 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3306 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3307 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3308 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3309
3310 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3311 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3312 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3313 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3314 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3315 communication.
3316
3317 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3318 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3319 services.
3320
3321 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3322 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3323 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3324 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3325 the new "busctl tree" command.
3326
3327 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3328 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3329 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3330 friendly way.
3331
3332 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3333 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3334 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3335 race-ful way.
3336
3337 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3338 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3339 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3340 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3341 --link-journal=try-guest.
3342
3343 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3344 stable MAC addresses.
3345
3346 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3347 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3348 the respective unit shall use.
3349
3350 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3351 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3352 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3353 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3354
3355 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3356 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3357 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3358 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3359 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3360 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3361
3362 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3363 details see:
3364
3365 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3366
3367 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3368 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3369 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3370 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3371 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3372 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3373 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3374 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3375 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3376 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3377 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3378 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3379
3380 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3381 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3382 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3383 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3384 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3385
3386 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3387 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3388 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3389 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3390 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3391 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3392 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3393 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3394
3395 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3396 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3397 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3398 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3399 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3400 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3401 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3402 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3403 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3404 interface.
3405
3406 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3407 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3408 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3409 luks.name= argument.
3410
3411 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3412 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3413 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3414 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3415 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3416 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3417
3418 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3419 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3420 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3421
3422 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3423 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3424 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3425 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3426 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3427 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3428 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3429 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3430 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3431 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3432 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3433 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3434 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3435 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3436 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3437 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3438 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3439 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3440
3441 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3442
3443 CHANGES WITH 217:
3444
3445 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3446 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3447 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3448 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3449
3450 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3451 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3452 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3453 now waits until the operation is complete.
3454
3455 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3456 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3457 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3458 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3459 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3460 connection.
3461
3462 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3463 commands anymore.
3464
3465 * User units are now loaded also from
3466 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3467 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3468 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3469
3470 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3471 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3472 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3473 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3474 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3475 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3476 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3477 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3478 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3479 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3480 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3481 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3482 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3483 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3484 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3485 question.
3486
3487 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3488 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3489 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3490
3491 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3492 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3493 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3494 command line to trigger resume.
3495
3496 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3497 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3498 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3499 Desktop=systemd-console.
3500
3501 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3502 systemd-networkd.
3503
3504 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3505 from the information provided by the networking stack
3506 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3507
3508 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3509 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3510
3511 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3512 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3513 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3514
3515 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3516
3517 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3518 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3519 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3520 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3521 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3522 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3523
3524 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3525 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3526 respected.
3527
3528 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3529 virtualization.
3530
3531 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3532 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3533 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3534 on.
3535
3536 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3537
3538 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3539
3540 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3541 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3542 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3543 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3544 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3545 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3546 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3547
3548 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3549 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3550 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3551 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3552 from the service's view entirely.
3553
3554 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3555 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3556
3557 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3558 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3559 session.
3560
3561 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3562 legacy-free systems.
3563
3564 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3565 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3566 easily.
3567
3568 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3569 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3570 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3571 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3572 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3573 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3574 option.
3575
3576 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3577 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3578 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3579 /usr.
3580
3581 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3582 services, not only the main process.
3583
3584 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3585 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3586 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3587 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3588 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3589
3590 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3591 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3592 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3593 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3594 directly from now on, again.
3595
3596 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3597 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3598 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3599 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3600 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3601 unit file enabling and disabling.
3602
3603 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3604 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3605 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3606 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3607 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3608 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3609 unnecessary or unlikely.
3610
3611 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3612 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3613 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3614 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3615
3616 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3617 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3618 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3619 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3620 overwritten at runtime.
3621
3622 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3623 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3624 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3625 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3626 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3627 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3628 segmentation fault.
3629
3630 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3631 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3632 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3633 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3634 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3635 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3636 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3637 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3638 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3639 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3640 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3641 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3642 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3643 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3644 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3645 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3646 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3647 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3648 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3649 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3650 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3651 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3652
3653 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3654
3655 CHANGES WITH 216:
3656
3657 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3658 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3659 implementations should add a
3660
3661 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3662
3663 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3664 default functionality.
3665
3666 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3667 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3668 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3669 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3670 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3671 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3672 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3673 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3674 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3675 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3676 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3677 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3678 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3679
3680 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3681 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3682 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3683 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3684 expected to be added eventually, too.
3685
3686 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3687 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3688 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3689 new command to update these fields.
3690
3691 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3692 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3693 have been discovered via DHCP.
3694
3695 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3696 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3697 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3698 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3699 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3700 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3701 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3702 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3703 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3704 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3705 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3706 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3707 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3708 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3709 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3710 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3711 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3712 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3713 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3714 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3715
3716 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3717 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3718 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3719
3720 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3721 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3722 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3723 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3724 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3725 control utility for networkd.
3726
3727 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3728 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3729 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3730 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3731 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3732 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3733 (NoDelay=).
3734
3735 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3736 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3737
3738 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3739 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3740 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3741 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3742 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3743 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3744
3745 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3746 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3747 of the link.
3748
3749 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3750 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3751
3752 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3753 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3754
3755 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3756 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3757 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3758 for DHCP.
3759
3760 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3761 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3762 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3763 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3764 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3765 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3766 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3767 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3768
3769 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3770 validation of unit files.
3771
3772 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3773 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3774 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3775 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3776 address may now be configured.
3777
3778 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3779 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3780 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3781 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3782
3783 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3784 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3785
3786 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3787 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3788 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3789 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3790
3791 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3792 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3793 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3794 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3795 implementation.
3796
3797 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3798 journal data to a remote system running
3799 systemd-journal-remote.
3800
3801 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3802 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3803 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3804 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3805 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3806 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3807 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3808 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3809 version, you have to turn this option on again
3810 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3811
3812 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3813 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3814 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3815
3816 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3817 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3818
3819 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3820 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3821
3822 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3823 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3824 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3825
3826 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3827 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3828 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3829 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3830 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3831
3832 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3833
3834 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3835
3836 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3837 when primary addresses are removed.
3838
3839 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3840 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3841 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3842 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3843 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3844 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3845 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3846 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3847 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3848 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3849 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3850 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3851 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3852 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3853 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3854
3855 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
3856
3857 CHANGES WITH 215:
3858
3859 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3860 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3861 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3862 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3863 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3864 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3865 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3866 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3867 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3868 require.
3869
3870 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3871 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3872
3873 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3874 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3875 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3876 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3877 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3878 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3879 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3880
3881 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3882 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3883 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3884 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3885 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3886 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3887 update or reset should use this condition and order
3888 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3889 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3890 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3891 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3892 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3893 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3894 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
3895 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
3896 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3897
3898 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3899
3900 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3901 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3902 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3903 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3904
3905 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3906 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3907 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3908 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3909 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3910 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3911 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
3912 .network files using settings of this section should be
3913 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3914 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
3915
3916 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3917 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
3918
3919 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3920 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3921 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3922 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3923 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3924 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3925 of nspawn instances.
3926
3927 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3928 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3929 added.
3930
3931 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3932 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3933 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3934 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3935 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3936 configuration stored in /etc.
3937
3938 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3939 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3940 parsing of unknown mount options.
3941
3942 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3943 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3944 it already exist and not already be the correct
3945 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
3946 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3947 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3948 pre-existing files of different types.
3949
3950 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3951 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
3952 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
3953 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3954 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3955 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3956 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3957
3958 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3959 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3960 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3961 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3962 shall be executed.
3963
3964 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3965 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
3966 example whether it is fully up and running.
3967
3968 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3969 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3970 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3971 reset.
3972
3973 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3974 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3975
3976 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3977 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3978 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3979
3980 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3981 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3982 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3983
3984 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3985 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3986 access to this group.
3987
3988 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3989 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3990 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3991 to the journal.
3992
3993 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3994 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3995 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3996 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3997 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3998 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3999
4000 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
4001 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
4002 that makes sure to only show information about the most
4003 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
4004 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
4005 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
4006 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
4007 the old name to the new name.
4008
4009 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
4010 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
4011 coredumpctl without restrictions.
4012
4013 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
4014 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
4015 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
4016 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
4017 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
4018 "systemd-debug-generator".
4019
4020 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
4021 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
4022 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
4023 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
4024 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
4025 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
4026 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
4027 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
4028 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
4029 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
4030 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
4031
4032 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
4033 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
4034 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
4035 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
4036 been added to query many of these paths for the local
4037 machine and user.
4038
4039 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
4040 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
4041 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
4042 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
4043 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
4044
4045 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
4046 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
4047 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
4048 couple of drop-in directories.
4049
4050 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4051 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4052 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4053 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4054 for dev_port.
4055
4056 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4057 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4058 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4059 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4060
4061 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4062 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4063 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4064 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4065 Restart= setting.
4066
4067 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4068 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4069 directly connect to a specific container on the
4070 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4071 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4072 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4073 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4074 containers is a privileged operation.
4075
4076 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4077 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4078 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4079 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4080 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4081 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4082 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4083 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4084 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4085 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4086 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4087 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4088
4089 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
4090
4091 CHANGES WITH 214:
4092
4093 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4094 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4095 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4096 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4097 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4098 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4099 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4100 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4101 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
4102 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
4103 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4104 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
4105 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4106 devices are excluded from this logic.
4107
4108 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4109 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4110 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4111 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4112 change has been released.
4113
4114 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
4115 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
4116 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4117
4118 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
4119 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4120 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
4121 with fewer privileges.
4122
4123 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4124 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4125 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4126 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4127
4128 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
4129 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4130
4131 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
4132 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4133
4134 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
4135 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
4136 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4137
4138 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4139 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
4140 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
4141 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4142 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
4143 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
4144
4145 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
4146 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4147 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
4148
4149 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
4150 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
4151 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4152 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4153 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4154 modifications of user data or system files from
4155 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4156 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4157
4158 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4159 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4160 and FIFOs in the file system.
4161
4162 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
4163 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4164 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4165
4166 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4167 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
4168 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
4169 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
4170 the socket itself.
4171
4172 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4173 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4174 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4175 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4176 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4177 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4178 symlinks, and nothing else.
4179
4180 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4181 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4182 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4183 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4184 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4185 process (for example, the parent process). The
4186 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4187 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4188 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4189 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4190 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4191 messages to services when the originating process already
4192 vanished.
4193
4194 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
4195 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
4196 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4197 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4198 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4199 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4200 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4201 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4202 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4203 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4204 all long-running services.
4205
4206 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4207 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4208 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4209 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4210 service.
4211
4212 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4213 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4214 applied to all submounts, too.
4215
4216 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4217
4218 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4219 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4220 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4221 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4222 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4223 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4224 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4225
4226 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
4227 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4228 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
4229 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
4230 (domU) domains.
4231
4232 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4233 files or entire directories.
4234
4235 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
4236 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4237 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4238 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
4239 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4240
4241 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4242 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4243 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4244 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
4245 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4246 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
4247 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
4248 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
4249 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4250 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4251 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4252 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4253
4254 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4255 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4256 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4257 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4258
4259 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4260 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
4261 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
4262 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
4263 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4264 non-directories.
4265
4266 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4267 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4268 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4269
4270 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4271 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4272 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4273 this group.
4274
4275 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4276 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4277 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4278 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4279 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4280 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4281 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4282
4283 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
4284
4285 CHANGES WITH 213:
4286
4287 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
4288 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
4289 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
4290 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
4291 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
4292 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4293 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
4294 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
4295 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
4296 client should be more than appropriate for most
4297 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4298 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4299 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4300 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4301 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4302 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4303 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4304 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4305 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4306 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4307 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4308
4309 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4310 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4311 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4312 part of a different namespace.
4313
4314 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4315 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4316 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4317 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4318
4319 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4320 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4321 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4322
4323 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4324 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4325 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4326 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4327 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4328 restart the service in question.
4329
4330 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4331 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4332 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4333 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4334 details when running non-locally.
4335
4336 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4337 graphs it generates.
4338
4339 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4340 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4341 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4342 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4343 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4344
4345 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4346
4347 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4348 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4349 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4350 what it was on SysV systems.
4351
4352 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4353 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4354
4355 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4356 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4357 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4358 files.
4359
4360 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4361 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4362 to show these addresses in its output.
4363
4364 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4365 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4366 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4367 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4368 preferred over a text one.
4369
4370 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4371 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4372 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4373 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4374 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4375 mDNS cache.
4376
4377 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4378 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4379 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4380 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4381 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4382
4383 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4384 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4385 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4386 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4387 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4388
4389 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4390 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4391 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4392 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4393 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4394 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4395 overrides any other settings.
4396
4397 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4398 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4399 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4400 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4401 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4402 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4403 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4404 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4405 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4406 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4407 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4408 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4409 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4410 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4411 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4412 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4413 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4414
4415 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4416
4417 CHANGES WITH 212:
4418
4419 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4420 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4421 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4422 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4423 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4424 by accident.
4425
4426 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4427 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4428 registered with machined.
4429
4430 * sd-login gained new calls
4431 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4432 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4433 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4434 counterparts.
4435
4436 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4437 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4438 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4439 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4440 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4441 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4442 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4443 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4444 once.
4445
4446 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4447 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4448 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4449
4450 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4451 units on all local containers, when used with the
4452 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4453 executed when no parameters are specified).
4454
4455 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4456 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4457 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4458 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4459
4460 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4461 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4462 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4463 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4464 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4465 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4466
4467 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4468 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4469 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4470 of the container.
4471
4472 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4473 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4474 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4475 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4476 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4477 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4478 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4479 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4480
4481 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4482 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4483 instead of /.
4484
4485 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4486 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4487 emergency messages now.
4488
4489 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4490 journal log messages across the network.
4491
4492 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4493 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4494 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4495 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4496 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4497 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4498 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4499
4500 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4501 down a local OS container.
4502
4503 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4504 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4505 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4506
4507 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4508 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4509 this is appropriate.
4510
4511 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4512 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4513 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4514
4515 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4516 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4517 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4518 for debugging purposes.
4519
4520 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4521 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4522 in seconds.
4523
4524 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4525 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4526 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4527 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4528 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4529 like on traditional inetd.
4530
4531 * A new system.conf configuration option
4532 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4533 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4534
4535 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4536 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4537 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4538 do these days).
4539
4540 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4541 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4542 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4543 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4544 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4545 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4546
4547 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4548 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4549 it will be triggered.
4550
4551 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4552 addresses to its local interfaces.
4553
4554 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4555 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4556 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4557 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4558 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4559 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4560 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4561 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4562 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4563
4564 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4565
4566 CHANGES WITH 211:
4567
4568 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4569 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4570 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4571 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4572 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4573 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4574
4575 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4576 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4577 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4578 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4579 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4580 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4581 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4582 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4583 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4584
4585 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4586 matching against device group names.
4587
4588 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4589 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4590 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4591 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4592 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4593 though.
4594
4595 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4596 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4597 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4598 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4599 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4600 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4601 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4602 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4603 systems prepared appropriately.
4604
4605 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4606 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4607 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4608 (see above). This means that installations made with
4609 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4610 deployed using container managers, completely
4611 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4612 this feature soon, too.)
4613
4614 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4615 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4616 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4617 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4618
4619 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4620 using IPv4LL.
4621
4622 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4623 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4624 systemd-networkd.
4625
4626 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4627 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4628 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4629 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4630 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4631
4632 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4633 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4634 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4635 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4636 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4637 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4638 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4639 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4640 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4641 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4642 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4643 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4644 users.
4645
4646 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4647 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4648 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4649 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4650 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4651 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4652 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4653 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4654 due to a closed lid.
4655
4656 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4657 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4658 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4659 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4660 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4661 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4662
4663 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4664 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4665 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4666 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4667 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4668
4669 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4670 now also work in --scope mode.
4671
4672 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4673 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4674 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4675 promises are made.)
4676
4677 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4678 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4679 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4680 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4681 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4682 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4683 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4684 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4685 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4686 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4687
4688 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4689
4690 CHANGES WITH 210:
4691
4692 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4693 according to SMACK rules.
4694
4695 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4696 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4697
4698 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4699 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4700 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4701
4702 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4703 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4704 and machine ID.
4705
4706 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4707 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4708 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4709 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4710 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4711 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4712 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4713 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4714 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4715 backpack or similar.
4716
4717 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4718 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4719 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4720 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4721 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4722 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4723 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4724 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4725 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4726 this on its own.
4727
4728 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4729 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4730 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4731 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4732
4733 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4734 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4735 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4736 --network-bridge= switches.
4737
4738 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4739 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4740 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4741 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4742 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4743 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4744 each configuration option.
4745
4746 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4747 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4748 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4749 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4750 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4751
4752 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4753 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4754 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4755 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4756 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4757
4758 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4759 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4760 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4761 default however.
4762
4763 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4764 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4765 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4766 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4767 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4768 them with systemd-networkd.
4769
4770 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4771 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4772 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4773 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4774 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4775 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4776 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4777 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4778 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4779 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4780 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4781 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4782 during a transitional period!
4783
4784 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4785 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4786 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4787 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4788 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4789 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4790 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4791 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4792
4793 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4794
4795 CHANGES WITH 209:
4796
4797 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4798 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4799 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4800 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4801 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4802 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4803 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4804 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4805 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4806 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4807 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4808 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4809
4810 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4811 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4812 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4813 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4814 machines and the like.
4815
4816 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4817 shutdown/boot.
4818
4819 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4820 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4821
4822 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4823 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4824 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4825 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4826
4827 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4828 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4829 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4830 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4831 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4832 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4833
4834 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4835 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4836 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4837 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4838 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4839 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4840 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4841 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4842 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
4843
4844 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4845 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
4846
4847 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4848 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4849 implementation.
4850
4851 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4852 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
4853 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4854 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4855 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4856 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4857 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4858 and .service units.
4859
4860 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4861 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4862 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4863
4864 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
4865 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
4866 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
4867 nothing makes use of it.
4868
4869 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4870 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4871 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4872
4873 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4874 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4875 compatibility purposes.
4876
4877 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4878 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4879 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
4880 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
4881 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4882 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4883 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4884 process handling.
4885
4886 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4887 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4888 style to "sd-bus.h".
4889
4890 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4891 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
4892 "systemd-networkd".
4893
4894 * There is a new kernel command line option
4895 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4896 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4897 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4898 are not restored.
4899
4900 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4901 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4902 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4903 PID1's support for that anymore.
4904
4905 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
4906 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4907
4908 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4909 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4910 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4911 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4912 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4913 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4914
4915 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4916 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
4917 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4918 onto remote systems.
4919
4920 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4921 login in any local container. This works with any container
4922 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
4923 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
4924
4925 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4926 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4927 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4928 system of some kind.
4929
4930 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4931 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4932 next.
4933
4934 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4935 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4936 reboot() system call.
4937
4938 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4939 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
4940 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
4941 still available but not advertised anymore.
4942
4943 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4944 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
4945 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
4946 within each Unit.
4947
4948 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4949 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
4950 the kernel).
4951
4952 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
4953 timestamps (following the setting in
4954 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
4955
4956 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4957 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4958
4959 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4960 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4961
4962 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4963 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4964 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4965
4966 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4967 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
4968 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4969 the full configuration is shown.
4970
4971 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4972 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
4973 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4974
4975 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
4976
4977 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4978 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4979
4980 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
4981 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4982 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4983 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4984
4985 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4986 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4987 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4988 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4989
4990 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4991 of the legend text.
4992
4993 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4994 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4995 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4996 remote sessions.
4997
4998 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4999 information of SDIO devices.
5000
5001 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
5002 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
5003 the system manager.
5004
5005 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
5006 short description of the connection parameters in the
5007 description.
5008
5009 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
5010 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
5011 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
5012 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
5013 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
5014 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
5015 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
5016
5017 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
5018 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
5019 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
5020 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
5021 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
5022 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
5023 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
5024 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
5025 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
5026
5027 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
5028 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
5029 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
5030 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
5031 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
5032 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
5033 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
5034 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
5035 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
5036 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
5037 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
5038 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
5039 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
5040 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
5041 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
5042 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
5043 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
5044 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5045 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
5046 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
5047 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
5048 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5049 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5050
5051 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
5052 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
5053 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5054 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5055 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
5056 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
5057 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5058 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
5059 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
5060 that you are aware of the instability of the current
5061 APIs.
5062
5063 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
5064 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
5065 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
5066 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5067 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5068 declare the APIs stable.
5069
5070 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
5071 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
5072 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
5073 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
5074 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
5075 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5076 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5077 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5078 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5079 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5080 one of them is updated.
5081
5082 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
5083 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
5084 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5085 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5086 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5087
5088 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5089 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5090 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
5091 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
5092 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
5093 entry points.
5094
5095 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5096 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5097 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5098 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
5099 been disabled at compile-time.
5100
5101 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
5102 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
5103 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5104 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5105
5106 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5107 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5108 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
5109
5110 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
5111 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5112 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
5113
5114 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5115 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
5116 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
5117
5118 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5119 remains until jobs expire.
5120
5121 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
5122 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
5123 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
5124 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
5125 all remaining processes of the service.
5126
5127 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5128 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
5129 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5130 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5131 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
5132 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
5133 manager process which created them takes no further
5134 responsibilities for it.
5135
5136 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
5137 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5138 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5139 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5140 marked executable or world-writable.
5141
5142 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
5143 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
5144 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5145 "--setenv=" for consistency.
5146
5147 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5148 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
5149 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
5150 independent of the host.
5151
5152 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5153 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
5154 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
5155 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5156
5157 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5158 with specific SELinux labels set.
5159
5160 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5161 any additional output but the container's own console
5162 output.
5163
5164 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5165 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5166
5167 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
5168 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
5169 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
5170 OS images, but only specific apps.
5171
5172 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
5173 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
5174 results in registration of the unit service itself in
5175 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
5176
5177 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5178 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
5179 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
5180 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5181 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5182 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
5183
5184 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5185 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
5186 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
5187 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5188 units to use.
5189
5190 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5191 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5192 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5193 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5194
5195 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5196 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5197 context for a service.
5198
5199 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5200 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
5201 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5202 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
5203 influence this logic.
5204
5205 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5206 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5207 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5208 other things.
5209
5210 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
5211 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
5212 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5213 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
5214 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5215 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5216 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
5217 architectures). There is also a global
5218 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
5219 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5220
5221 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5222 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5223
5224 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5225 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5226 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5227 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5228 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5229 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5230 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5231 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5232 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5233 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5234 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5235 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5236 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5237 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5238 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5239 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5240 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5241 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5242 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5243 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5244 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5245 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5246 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5247 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5248
5249 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
5250
5251 CHANGES WITH 208:
5252
5253 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5254 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5255 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5256 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5257 access input and drm devices which are normally
5258 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5259 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5260 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5261 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5262 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5263 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5264 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5265 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5266
5267 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
5268 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
5269 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5270
5271 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5272 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5273 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5274 kernel version number.
5275
5276 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5277 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
5278 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
5279
5280 * This release removes high-level support for the
5281 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5282 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5283 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
5284 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
5285
5286 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5287 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5288 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
5289 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5290 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
5291 cgroup system.
5292
5293 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5294 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5295 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5296 logs among other things.
5297
5298 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5299 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5300 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5301 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5302 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5303 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5304 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5305 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5306 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5307 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5308 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5309 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5310 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5311 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5312 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5313 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5314 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5315 not delayed until next reboot.
5316
5317 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5318 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5319 systemd generated files in one directory.
5320
5321 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5322 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5323 performance information if that's available to determine how
5324 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5325 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5326 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5327
5328 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5329 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5330 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5331 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5332 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5333 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5334 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5335
5336 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5337
5338 CHANGES WITH 207:
5339
5340 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5341 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5342 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5343 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5344
5345 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5346 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5347 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5348 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5349 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5350
5351 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5352 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5353
5354 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5355 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5356 maximum number of tries.
5357
5358 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5359 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5360 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5361
5362 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5363 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5364
5365 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5366 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5367 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5368
5369 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5370 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5371 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5372
5373 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5374 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5375 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5376 and type).
5377
5378 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5379 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5380
5381 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5382 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5383 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5384 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5385
5386 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5387 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5388 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5389 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5390 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5391 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5392 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5393 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5394
5395 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5396 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5397 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5398 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5399
5400 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5401 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5402 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5403 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5404 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5405 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5406 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5407
5408 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5409 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5410
5411 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5412 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5413 automatically after the process terminated.
5414
5415 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5416 certain paths from operation.
5417
5418 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5419 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5420 is received.
5421
5422 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5423 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5424 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5425 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5426 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5427 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5428 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5429 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5430 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5431 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5432 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5433 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5434 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5435
5436 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5437
5438 CHANGES WITH 206:
5439
5440 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5441 concepts introduced with 205.
5442
5443 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5444 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5445 -r".
5446
5447 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5448 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5449 --state= parameter.
5450
5451 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5452 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5453 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5454 the journal.
5455
5456 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5457 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5458 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5459
5460 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5461 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5462 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5463 browsing logs from that point on.
5464
5465 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5466 of an FSS key.
5467
5468 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5469 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5470 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5471 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5472 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5473 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5474 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5475 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5476 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5477 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5478 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5479 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5480 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5481 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5482
5483 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5484 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5485 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5486 backing module right-away.
5487
5488 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5489 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5490
5491 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5492 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5493
5494 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5495 set of processes in the message metadata.
5496
5497 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5498
5499 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5500 support for passing performance data via environment
5501 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5502 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5503 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5504 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5505 deserialize it again.
5506
5507 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5508 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5509 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5510 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5511
5512 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5513 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5514 completely silent shutdown when used.
5515
5516 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5517 option in .socket units.
5518
5519 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5520 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5521 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5522 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5523 system.slice as before.
5524
5525 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5526
5527 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5528 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5529 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5530 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5531 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5532 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5533 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5534
5535 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5536
5537 CHANGES WITH 205:
5538
5539 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5540
5541 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5542 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5543 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5544 possible for system services and applications to group their
5545 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5546 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5547 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5548
5549 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5550 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5551 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5552 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5553 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5554
5555 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5556 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5557 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5558 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5559
5560 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5561 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5562 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5563 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5564 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5565 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5566 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5567 and useful as a general batch manager.
5568
5569 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5570 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5571 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5572 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5573 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5574 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5575 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5576 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5577 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5578 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5579
5580 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5581 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5582 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5583 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5584 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5585 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5586 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5587 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5588 is compile-time optional.
5589
5590 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5591 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5592 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5593 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5594 well as slice units.
5595
5596 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5597 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5598 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5599 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5600 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5601 command that wraps this call.
5602
5603 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5604 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5605 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5606 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5607 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5608 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5609 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5610
5611 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5612 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5613 off audit.
5614
5615 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5616 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5617
5618 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5619 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5620 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5621 and system logs.
5622
5623 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5624 snippets extending unit files.
5625
5626 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5627 not available as public API.
5628
5629 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5630 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5631 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5632
5633 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5634 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5635 controls what to boot into by default.
5636
5637 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5638 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5639
5640 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5641 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5642 about the unit file loading.
5643
5644 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5645 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5646 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5647 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5648 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5649 racy due to journal file rotation.
5650
5651 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5652 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5653 all services.
5654
5655 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5656 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5657 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5658 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5659 system services want to log events about specific client
5660 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5661 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5662 unit is requested.
5663
5664 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5665 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5666 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5667 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5668 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5669 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5670 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5671 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5672 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5673 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5674 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5675 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5676 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5677
5678 CHANGES WITH 204:
5679
5680 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5681 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5682
5683 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5684 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5685 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5686
5687 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5688 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5689
5690 CHANGES WITH 203:
5691
5692 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5693 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5694
5695 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5696 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5697 fields, including the root directory.
5698
5699 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5700 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5701 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5702 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5703 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5704 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5705 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5706 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5707 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5708 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5709 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5710
5711 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5712 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5713
5714 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5715 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5716
5717 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5718 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5719 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5720 the local hostname.
5721
5722 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5723 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5724 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5725 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5726 VMs/containers coming and going.
5727
5728 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5729 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5730 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5731
5732 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5733 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5734 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5735 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5736
5737 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5738 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5739 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5740
5741 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5742 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5743 services. With the container's root directory in
5744 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5745 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5746
5747 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5748 the processes within a certain container.
5749
5750 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5751 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5752 check though. Patches welcome!
5753
5754 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5755 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5756 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5757 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5758 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5759
5760 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5761 the passed argument if applicable.
5762
5763 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5764 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5765 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5766 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5767 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5768 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5769 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5770 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5771
5772 CHANGES WITH 202:
5773
5774 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5775 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5776 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5777 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5778 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5779 units activate.
5780
5781 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5782 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5783 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5784 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5785 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5786 for now, and not installable.
5787
5788 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5789 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5790 can run in conjunction with udev.
5791
5792 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5793 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5794 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5795 session manager.
5796
5797 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5798 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5799 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5800 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5801 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5802 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5803 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5804 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5805 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5806 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5807 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5808
5809 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5810
5811 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5812 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5813 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5814 logical expressions.
5815
5816 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5817 switches.
5818
5819 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5820 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5821 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5822 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5823 the user.
5824
5825 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5826 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5827 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5828 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5829 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5830 an entry.
5831
5832 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5833 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5834 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5835 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5836 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5837 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5838
5839 CHANGES WITH 201:
5840
5841 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5842 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5843 directory.
5844
5845 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5846 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5847 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5848 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5849 problem.
5850
5851 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5852 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5853 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5854 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5855
5856 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5857 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5858
5859 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5860 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5861 files in this context are files such as
5862 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5863
5864 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5865 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5866 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5867 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5868 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5869 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5870
5871 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5872 hostnames.
5873
5874 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5875 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5876 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5877 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5878 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5879 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5880 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5881 all time-related output of systemd.
5882
5883 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5884 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5885 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5886 loops.
5887
5888 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5889 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5890
5891 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5892 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
5893 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
5894 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5895 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5896
5897 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5898 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5899 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5900 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5901 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5902 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5903 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5904
5905 CHANGES WITH 200:
5906
5907 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5908 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5909 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5910 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5911 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5912 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5913
5914 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5915 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5916 images.
5917
5918 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5919 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5920 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5921
5922 CHANGES WITH 199:
5923
5924 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5925
5926 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5927 security policy.
5928
5929 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5930 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5931 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5932 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5933 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5934 the same service can still access). When a service is
5935 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
5936 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
5937 this though).
5938
5939 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5940 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5941 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5942 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5943 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5944 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5945
5946 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
5947 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
5948
5949 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5950 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5951
5952 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5953
5954 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
5955 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5956 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5957 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5958 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
5959
5960 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5961 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5962 system is to be mounted.
5963
5964 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5965 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5966 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5967 purpose for socket units.
5968
5969 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5970 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5971
5972 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5973 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
5974 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
5975 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
5976 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
5977
5978 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5979 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5980 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5981 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5982 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5983 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5984 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5985 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5986 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5987
5988 CHANGES WITH 198:
5989
5990 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5991 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5992 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5993 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5994 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
5995 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
5996 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5997 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5998 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
5999 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
6000 unit files locally: copying the files from
6001 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
6002 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
6003 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
6004 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
6005 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
6006 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
6007 for them too.
6008
6009 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6010 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
6011 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
6012 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
6013 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
6014 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
6015 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
6016 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
6017 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
6018
6019 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
6020 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
6021
6022 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
6023 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
6024 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
6025 other users.
6026
6027 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
6028 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
6029 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
6030 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
6031 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6032 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
6033 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
6034 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6035 management logic is also available to other programs via the
6036 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
6037 supported.
6038
6039 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6040 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
6041 the foreground VT.
6042
6043 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
6044 call.
6045
6046 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
6047 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
6048 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
6049 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6050 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6051 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6052 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6053 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6054 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6055 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6056 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6057 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6058 also been removed.
6059
6060 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6061 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
6062 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6063 objects themselves.
6064
6065 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6066
6067 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6068 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
6069 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
6070 to how this is supported in shells.
6071
6072 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6073 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6074 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6075 user systemd instance.
6076
6077 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6078 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6079 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6080 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6081 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6082 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6083 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6084 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6085 one day for good in the kernel.
6086
6087 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6088 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6089 container.
6090
6091 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6092 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
6093 the host into the container.
6094
6095 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6096 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6097 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6098 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6099 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6100 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
6101
6102 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
6103
6104 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6105 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6106 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6107 configured to be mounted there.
6108
6109 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6110 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6111 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6112 system resume events.
6113
6114 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6115 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
6116 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
6117 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
6118
6119 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6120 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6121 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6122 card).
6123
6124 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6125 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6126 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6127
6128 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6129 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6130 later "change" event.
6131
6132 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6133 now carry a message ID.
6134
6135 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6136 continues to be work in progress.
6137
6138 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6139 root directory to operate relative to.
6140
6141 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6142 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
6143 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6144 times a little.
6145
6146 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6147 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6148 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6149 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6150 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6151 request boot into firmware operations.
6152
6153 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6154 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6155 correctly in initrds.
6156
6157 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6158 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6159
6160 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6161 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6162
6163 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6164 the status of all active or failed units.
6165
6166 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6167 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6168 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6169 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
6170 requests more robust.
6171
6172 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6173 reading journal files.
6174
6175 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6176 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6177
6178 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
6179
6180 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6181 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
6182
6183 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6184 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6185 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6186 socket activation in daemons.
6187
6188 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6189 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6190
6191 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6192 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6193 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6194
6195 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
6196 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
6197 system units.
6198
6199 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6200 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6201 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6202
6203 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6204 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6205 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6206 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
6207 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6208 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6209 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6210 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6211 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6212 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6213 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6214 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
6215 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6216 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6217 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6218 package installation time.
6219
6220 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6221 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6222 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6223 installation time.
6224
6225 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6226 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6227
6228 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6229
6230 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6231 available.
6232
6233 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6234 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6235
6236 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6237 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6238 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6239 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6240 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6241 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6242 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6243 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6244 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6245 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6246 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6247 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6248 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6249 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6250
6251 CHANGES WITH 197:
6252
6253 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6254 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6255 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6256 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6257 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6258 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6259 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6260 the supported calendar time specification language see
6261 systemd.time(7).
6262
6263 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6264 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6265 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6266 document for details:
6267
6268 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
6269
6270 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
6271 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6272 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
6273 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6274 dependencies.
6275
6276 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6277 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6278 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6279 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6280 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6281 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6282 with a configure switch.
6283
6284 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6285 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6286 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6287 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6288 such as ext4.
6289
6290 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6291 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6292 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6293
6294 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6295 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6296
6297 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6298 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6299 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6300 using only core OS tools.
6301
6302 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6303 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6304 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6305 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6306 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6307 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6308 eventually.
6309
6310 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6311 presenting log data.
6312
6313 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6314 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6315
6316 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6317 system on idle.
6318
6319 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6320 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6321 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6322 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6323 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6324 information if possible.
6325
6326 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6327 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6328 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6329
6330 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6331 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6332 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6333 is running on battery power.
6334
6335 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6336 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6337 is in the "failed" state.
6338
6339 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6340 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6341 environment files at once.
6342
6343 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6344 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6345 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6346 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6347 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6348 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6349 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6350 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6351 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6352 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6353 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6354 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6355 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6356
6357 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6358 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6359
6360 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6361 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6362
6363 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6364 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6365 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6366 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6367 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6368 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6369 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6370 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6371 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6372 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6373 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6374 shipped from us upstream.
6375
6376 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6377 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6378 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6379 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6380 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6381 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6382 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6383 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6384 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6385 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6386 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6387 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6388 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6389
6390 CHANGES WITH 196:
6391
6392 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6393 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6394 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6395 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6396 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6397 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6398 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6399 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6400 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6401 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6402 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6403 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6404 data for all devices where this is available, by
6405 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6406 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6407 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6408 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6409 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6410 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6411
6412 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6413 indexed database to link up additional information with
6414 journal entries. For further details please check:
6415
6416 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6417
6418 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6419 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6420 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6421 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6422 macro for this purpose.
6423
6424 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6425 Python logging framework.
6426
6427 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6428 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6429 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6430 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6431 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6432 time intervals.
6433
6434 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6435 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6436 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6437
6438 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6439 right-away on the selected coredump.
6440
6441 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6442 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6443 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6444
6445 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6446 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6447 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6448 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6449
6450 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6451 default.
6452
6453 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6454 SMACK security label.
6455
6456 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6457 daylight saving change.
6458
6459 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6460 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6461 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6462 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6463 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6464 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6465 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6466
6467 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6468 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6469 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6470 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6471 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6472 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6473 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6474 PolicyKit is not around.
6475
6476 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6477 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6478
6479 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6480 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6481 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6482 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6483 offline updating tools.
6484
6485 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6486 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6487 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6488 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6489 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6490 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6491
6492 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6493 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6494
6495 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6496 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6497 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6498 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6499 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6500 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6501 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6502 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6503 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6504
6505 CHANGES WITH 195:
6506
6507 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6508 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6509 units via --unit=/-u.
6510
6511 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6512 right thing.
6513
6514 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6515 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6516 rotation.
6517
6518 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6519 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6520 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6521 completion of journalctl has been updated
6522 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6523 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6524
6525 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6526 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6527
6528 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6529 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6530 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6531 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6532 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6533 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6534 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6535 completion.
6536
6537 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6538 extract coredumps from the journal.
6539
6540 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6541 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6542 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6543 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6544 scratch their heads.
6545
6546 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6547 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6548
6549 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6550 in immediate termination of systemd.
6551
6552 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6553 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6554
6555 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6556 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6557 mouse screen support has been added.
6558
6559 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6560 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6561
6562 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6563 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6564 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6565 "systemctl reload".
6566
6567 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6568 -u" instead.
6569
6570 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6571 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6572 configured.
6573
6574 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6575 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6576
6577 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6578 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6579 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6580 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6581 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6582 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6583 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6584
6585 CHANGES WITH 194:
6586
6587 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6588 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6589 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6590 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6591 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6592 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6593 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6594 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6595 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6596 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6597 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6598 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6599
6600 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6601 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6602 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6603
6604 CHANGES WITH 193:
6605
6606 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6607 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6608
6609 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6610 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6611 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6612
6613 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6614 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6615 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6616 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6617 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6618 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6619 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6620
6621 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6622 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6623
6624 This will download the journal contents in a
6625 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6626
6627 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6628
6629 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6630 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6631 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6632 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6633 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6634
6635 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6636
6637 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6638 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6639
6640 CHANGES WITH 192:
6641
6642 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6643 too.
6644
6645 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6646 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6647 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6648 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6649 just start them.
6650
6651 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6652 and line break accordingly.
6653
6654 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6655 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6656
6657 CHANGES WITH 191:
6658
6659 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6660 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6661 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6662 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6663 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6664
6665 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6666 will default to 10 if omitted.
6667
6668 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6669 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6670 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6671 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6672 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6673
6674 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6675 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6676 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6677 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6678 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6679 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6680 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6681
6682 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6683 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6684 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6685 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6686 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6687 into two.
6688
6689 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6690 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6691
6692 CHANGES WITH 190:
6693
6694 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6695 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6696 "systemctl status".
6697
6698 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6699 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6700 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6701 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6702 field.)
6703
6704 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6705 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6706 default.
6707
6708 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6709 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6710 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6711 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6712 in a container.
6713
6714 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6715 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6716 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6717 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6718 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6719 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6720
6721 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6722 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6723 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6724 no-op.
6725
6726 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6727 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6728 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6729 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6730 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6731
6732 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6733 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6734
6735 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6736 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6737 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6738 command.
6739
6740 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6741 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6742 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6743
6744 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6745
6746 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6747 multiple files at once.
6748
6749 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6750 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6751 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6752 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6753 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6754 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6755 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6756
6757 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6758 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6759 now support specifiers as well.
6760
6761 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6762 dir: %_presetdir.
6763
6764 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6765 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6766
6767 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6768 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6769 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6770 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6771 anymore.
6772
6773 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6774 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6775 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6776 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6777
6778 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6779 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6780 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6781
6782 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6783 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6784 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6785 sockets.
6786
6787 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6788 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6789 is changed.
6790
6791 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6792 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6793 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6794 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6795 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6796 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6797 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6798
6799 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6800
6801 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6802 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6803
6804 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6805 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6806
6807 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6808 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6809 (%b).
6810
6811 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6812 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6813 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6814 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6815 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6816 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6817 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6818
6819 CHANGES WITH 189:
6820
6821 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6822 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6823
6824 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6825 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6826 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6827 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6828 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6829 syslog daemons again.
6830
6831 * The libudev API gained the new
6832 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6833
6834 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6835 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6836 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6837 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6838
6839 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6840 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6841 container.
6842
6843 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6844 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6845 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6846 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6847 this explaining it in more detail.
6848
6849 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6850 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6851 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6852 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6853
6854 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6855 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6856 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6857 journal files.
6858
6859 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6860 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6861 as container init process a lot more fun.
6862
6863 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6864 entries.
6865
6866 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6867 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6868 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6869 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6870 different sets of services.
6871
6872 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6873 failure state.
6874
6875 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
6876 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6877 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6878
6879 CHANGES WITH 188:
6880
6881 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6882 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6883 tree a lot more organized.
6884
6885 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6886 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6887
6888 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6889 services.
6890
6891 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6892 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6893 filtering by log level now.
6894
6895 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6896 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6897 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6898
6899 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
6900 command lines involving service unit names.
6901
6902 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6903 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6904
6905 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6906 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6907 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6908
6909 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6910 option.
6911
6912 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6913 a shutdown is cancelled.
6914
6915 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6916 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6917 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6918 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6919 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6920
6921 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6922 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6923 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6924 for display managers instead.
6925
6926 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6927 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6928 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6929 protection, and suchlike.
6930
6931 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6932 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6933 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6934 the service.
6935
6936 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6937 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6938 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6939 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6940 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6941 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6942
6943 CHANGES WITH 187:
6944
6945 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6946 pages.
6947
6948 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6949 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6950 data loss.
6951
6952 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
6953 option.
6954
6955 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6956
6957 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6958 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6959
6960 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6961 specific directory.
6962
6963 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6964 messages of two different boots.
6965
6966 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6967 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6968 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6969
6970 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6971 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6972 disjunctions.
6973
6974 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6975 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6976 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6977
6978 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6979 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6980 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6981
6982 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6983 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6984 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6985 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6986 speed things up a bit.
6987
6988 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6989 header data of journal files.
6990
6991 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6992 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6993 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6994
6995 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6996 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6997 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6998 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6999
7000 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7001
7002 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
7003 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
7004 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7005 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7006
7007 CHANGES WITH 186:
7008
7009 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
7010 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
7011 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
7012 prefixed with rd.
7013
7014 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
7015 automatically generated at boot. Use:
7016
7017 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
7018
7019 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
7020
7021 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
7022
7023 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
7024 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
7025 as well.
7026
7027 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
7028 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
7029 in all appropriate directories automatically.
7030
7031 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
7032 does the right thing. Example:
7033
7034 udevadm info /dev/sda
7035 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
7036
7037 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
7038 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
7039 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
7040 running.
7041
7042 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
7043 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
7044
7045 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7046 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
7047
7048 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7049 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7050 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7051 files.
7052
7053 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7054 be stopped that is not loaded.
7055
7056 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7057
7058 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7059
7060 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7061 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7062 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7063 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7064
7065 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7066 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7067 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7068 completed initialization.
7069
7070 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7071
7072 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7073 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7074 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7075 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7076 distributions.
7077
7078 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7079 always valid when services log to the journal via
7080 STDOUT/STDERR.
7081
7082 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7083 command line options we understand.
7084
7085 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7086 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7087
7088 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
7089 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7090
7091 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7092 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7093 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7094 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7095
7096 systemctl status /home
7097 systemctl status /dev/sda
7098
7099 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7100 system.conf parsing.
7101
7102 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7103 Manager object.
7104
7105 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
7106
7107 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7108
7109 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7110 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7111 complete.
7112
7113 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7114 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7115 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7116 systemd-fsck@.service.
7117
7118 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7119 Manager object.
7120
7121 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7122 work sensibly.
7123
7124 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7125 we actually understand.
7126
7127 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7128 additional capabilities to the container.
7129
7130 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
7131 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
7132 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7133
7134 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7135 the current boot only.
7136
7137 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7138 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7139
7140 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7141 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7142 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7143 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7144 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7145
7146 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7147
7148 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7149 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7150 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7151 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
7152
7153 CHANGES WITH 185:
7154
7155 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7156 available.
7157
7158 * Several new man pages have been added.
7159
7160 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7161 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7162 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7163 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
7164
7165 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7166 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
7167
7168 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7169 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7170 Matthias Clasen
7171
7172 CHANGES WITH 184:
7173
7174 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7175 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7176
7177 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7178 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7179 daemon.
7180
7181 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7182 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7183
7184 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7185 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7186 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7187 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7188
7189 CHANGES WITH 183:
7190
7191 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7192 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7193 and systemd's most recent version number.
7194
7195 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7196 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7197 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7198 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7199 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
7200 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
7201
7202 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
7203 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7204 subsystems.
7205
7206 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7207 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7208 used to subscribe to events.
7209
7210 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7211 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7212 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7213 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
7214 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
7215 forked by udev rules.
7216
7217 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7218 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7219 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7220 it.
7221
7222 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
7223 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7224 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7225 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
7226 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
7227
7228 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
7229 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
7230
7231 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7232 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7233 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7234 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7235
7236 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7237 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7238 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7239 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7240 to be used as drop-in files.
7241
7242 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
7243 particular suspending and hibernating.
7244
7245 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7246 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7247 about this in more detail.
7248
7249 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
7250 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
7251 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7252 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7253 from git history and add them downstream.
7254
7255 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7256 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
7257 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
7258 units.
7259
7260 * All smaller setup units (such as
7261 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7262 are run in a container and are skipped when
7263 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7264 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7265
7266 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7267 integrated, for details see:
7268 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
7269
7270 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7271 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7272 messages.
7273
7274 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7275 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
7276 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7277 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7278 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7279
7280 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7281 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7282 for all units started by PID 1.
7283
7284 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7285 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7286 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7287
7288 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7289 of PID 1 anymore.
7290
7291 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7292 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
7293 have not been read by systemd yet.
7294
7295 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7296 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7297 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7298 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7299 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7300 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7301
7302 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7303 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7304
7305 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7306
7307 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7308 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7309 so sexy.
7310
7311 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7312 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7313 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7314 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7315 patterns.
7316
7317 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7318 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7319 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7320 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7321
7322 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7323 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7324
7325 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7326 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7327 in systemd now.
7328
7329 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7330 ID on the command line.
7331
7332 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7333 for an init system.
7334
7335 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7336 vt100.
7337
7338 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7339
7340 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7341 components now have directories of their own.
7342
7343 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7344
7345 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7346 container in other hierarchies.
7347
7348 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7349 system.conf.
7350
7351 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7352
7353 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7354 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7355
7356 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7357 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7358
7359 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7360 locally generated journal files.
7361
7362 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7363
7364 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7365
7366 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7367 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7368 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7369 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7370 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7371 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7372 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7373 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7374 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7375 Gundersen
7376
7377 CHANGES WITH 44:
7378
7379 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7380
7381 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7382 KVM or container configured UUID.
7383
7384 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7385
7386 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7387
7388 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7389 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7390
7391 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7392
7393 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7394 folks
7395
7396 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7397 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7398 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7399
7400 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7401 configuration
7402
7403 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7404 free fashion
7405
7406 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7407 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7408 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7409 automatically generated data.
7410
7411 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7412 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7413 however.
7414
7415 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7416 tarball.
7417
7418 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7419 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7420 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7421 Reding
7422
7423 CHANGES WITH 43:
7424
7425 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7426
7427 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7428
7429 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7430
7431 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7432 normal user logins.
7433
7434 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7435 Biebl
7436
7437 CHANGES WITH 42:
7438
7439 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7440
7441 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7442 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7443 xsltproc.
7444
7445 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7446 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7447 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7448
7449 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7450 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7451 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7452
7453 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7454
7455 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7456 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7457 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7458
7459 CHANGES WITH 41:
7460
7461 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7462 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7463 package update.
7464
7465 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7466 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7467 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7468
7469 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7470 complete.
7471
7472 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7473 understood to set system wide environment variables
7474 dynamically at boot.
7475
7476 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7477
7478 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7479 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7480 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7481 files.
7482
7483 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7484 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7485 William Douglas
7486
7487 CHANGES WITH 40:
7488
7489 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7490
7491 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7492 "Result" D-Bus property.
7493
7494 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7495 the next few releases.)
7496
7497 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7498 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7499 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7500 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7501
7502 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7503 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7504 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7505
7506 CHANGES WITH 39:
7507
7508 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7509 bugfixes.
7510
7511 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7512 resource usage.
7513
7514 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7515 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7516 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7517 journals by the respective users.
7518
7519 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7520 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7521 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7522
7523 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7524 client for all entries.
7525
7526 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7527
7528 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7529 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7530
7531 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7532 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7533 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7534 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7535
7536 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7537 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7538 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7539
7540 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7541 journal along with meta data.
7542
7543 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7544 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7545 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7546
7547 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7548 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7549 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7550
7551 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7552
7553 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7554 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7555 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7556 or fsck.
7557
7558 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7559 requested with new -k switch.
7560
7561 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7562 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7563
7564 CHANGES WITH 38:
7565
7566 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7567 bugfixes.
7568
7569 * The git repository moved to:
7570 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7571 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7572
7573 * First release with the journal
7574 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7575
7576 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7577 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7578
7579 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7580
7581 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7582
7583 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7584 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7585 remote mounts.
7586
7587 * Added Mageia support
7588
7589 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7590
7591 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7592 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7593 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7594 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7595 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7596
7597 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7598 of existing distributions.
7599
7600 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7601 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7602
7603 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7604 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7605 boot.
7606
7607 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7608
7609 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7610 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7611 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7612 among other things.
7613
7614 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7615 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7616
7617 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7618
7619 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7620 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7621 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7622
7623 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7624 restored.
7625
7626 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7627 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7628 kmod
7629
7630 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7631 of /usr/local by default.
7632
7633 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7634 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7635 in:
7636 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7637
7638 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7639 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7640 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7641 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7642 supported anyway, and bad style).
7643
7644 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7645 reloading of units together.
7646
7647 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7648 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7649 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7650 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7651 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek